Document:

Indenture, dated May 31, 2007

 Exhibit 4.1 
 NEFF CORP., 
 (as surviving corporation in the merger with LYN Acquisition Corp.) 
 as Issuer 
 and 
 the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties hereto 
 and 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Trustee 
  

 INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF MAY 31, 2007 
  

 10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 ARTICLE I

	
	 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
 OF GENERAL APPLICATION

			
	 Section 101.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 Section 102.
	  	Other Definitions	  	33
	 Section 103.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	34
	 Section 104.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of TIA	  	35
	 Section 105.
	  	Conflict with TIA	  	35
	 Section 106.
	  	Compliance Certificates and Opinions	  	35
	 Section 107.
	  	Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee	  	36
	 Section 108.
	  	Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates	  	37
	 Section 109.
	  	Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer	  	39
	 Section 110.
	  	Notices to Holders; Waiver	  	39
	 Section 111.
	  	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	40
	 Section 112.
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	40
	 Section 113.
	  	Separability Clause	  	40
	 Section 114.
	  	Benefits of Indenture	  	40
	 Section 115.
	  	Governing Law	  	40
	 Section 116.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	40
	 Section 117.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders	  	41
	 Section 118.
	  	Exhibits and Schedules	  	41
	 Section 119.
	  	Counterparts	  	41
	
	 ARTICLE II

	
	 NOTE FORMS

			
	 Section 201.
	  	Forms Generally	  	41
	 Section 202.
	  	Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication	  	43
	 Section 203.
	  	Restrictive and Global Note Legends	  	43
	
	 ARTICLE III

	
	 THE NOTES

			
	 Section 301.
	  	Title and Terms	  	45
	 Section 302.
	  	Denominations	  	45
	 Section 303.
	  	Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating	  	45
	 Section 304.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	46
	 Section 305.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent; Transfer and Exchange	  	46

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 306.
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes	  	48
	 Section 307.
	  	Payment of Interest Rights Preserved	  	48
	 Section 308.
	  	Persons Deemed Owners	  	49
	 Section 309.
	  	Cancellation	  	50
	 Section 310.
	  	Computation of Interest	  	50
	 Section 311.
	  	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc	  	50
	 Section 312.
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	50
	 Section 313.
	  	Special Transfer Provisions	  	52
	 Section 314.
	  	Payment of Additional Interest	  	55
	
	 ARTICLE IV

	
	 COVENANTS

			
	 Section 401.
	  	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest	  	55
	 Section 402.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	55
	 Section 403.
	  	Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust	  	56
	 Section 404.
	  	[Reserved]	  	57
	 Section 405.
	  	SEC Reports	  	57
	 Section 406.
	  	Statement as to Default	  	58
	 Section 407.
	  	Limitation on Indebtedness	  	58
	 Section 408.
	  	[Reserved]	  	62
	 Section 409.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	62
	 Section 410.
	  	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	66
	 Section 411.
	  	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	67
	 Section 412.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	70
	 Section 413.
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	72
	 Section 414.
	  	Future Subsidiary Guarantors	  	72
	 Section 415.
	  	Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control	  	73
	
	 ARTICLE V

	
	 SUCCESSORS

			
	 Section 501.
	  	When the Issuer May Merge, etc	  	73
	 Section 502.
	  	Successor Company Substituted	  	75
	
	 ARTICLE VI

	
	 REMEDIES

			
	 Section 601.
	  	Events of Default	  	75
	 Section 602.
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	77
	 Section 603.
	  	Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee	  	77
	 Section 604.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	78
	 Section 605.
	  	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	  	78

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 606.
	  	Application of Money Collected	  	78
	 Section 607.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	79
	 Section 608.
	  	Unconditional Right of Holders To Receive Principal and Interest	  	79
	 Section 609.
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	79
	 Section 610.
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	79
	 Section 611.
	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	80
	 Section 612.
	  	Control by Holders	  	80
	 Section 613.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	80
	 Section 614.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	81
	 Section 615.
	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	81
	
	 ARTICLE VII

	
	 THE TRUSTEE

			
	 Section 701.
	  	Certain Duties and Responsibilities	  	81
	 Section 702.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	82
	 Section 703.
	  	Certain Rights of Trustee	  	82
	 Section 704.
	  	Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes	  	83
	 Section 705.
	  	May Hold Notes	  	83
	 Section 706.
	  	Money Held in Trust	  	84
	 Section 707.
	  	Compensation and Reimbursement	  	84
	 Section 708.
	  	Conflicting Interests	  	84
	 Section 709.
	  	Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility	  	84
	 Section 710.
	  	Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor	  	84
	 Section 711.
	  	Acceptance of Appointment by Successor	  	86
	 Section 712.
	  	Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business	  	86
	 Section 713.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	86
	 Section 714.
	  	Appointment of Authenticating Agent	  	86
	
	 ARTICLE VIII

	
	 HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY
 TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER

			
	 Section 801.
	  	The Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders	  	87
	 Section 802.
	  	Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders	  	87
	 Section 803.
	  	Reports by Trustee	  	87
	
	 ARTICLE IX

	
	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

			
	 Section 901.
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	88
	 Section 902.
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	89
	 Section 903.
	  	Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers	  	89

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 904.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	90
	 Section 905.
	  	Conformity with TIA	  	90
	 Section 906.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	90
	
	 ARTICLE X

	
	 REDEMPTION OF NOTES

			
	 Section 1001.
	  	Right of Redemption.	  	91
	 Section 1002.
	  	Applicability of Article	  	92
	 Section 1003.
	  	Election To Redeem; Notice to Trustee	  	92
	 Section 1004.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	92
	 Section 1005.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	93
	 Section 1006.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	94
	 Section 1007.
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	94
	 Section 1008.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	94
	
	 ARTICLE XI

	
	 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

			
	 Section 1101.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	95
	 Section 1102.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	96
	
	 ARTICLE XII

	
	 DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

			
	 Section 1201.
	  	The Issuer’s Option To Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	96
	 Section 1202.
	  	Defeasance and Discharge	  	96
	 Section 1203.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	97
	 Section 1204.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	97
	 Section 1205.
	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	98
	 Section 1206.
	  	Reinstatement	  	99
	 Section 1207.
	  	Repayment to the Issuer	  	99
	
	 ARTICLE XIII

	
	 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

			
	 Section 1301.
	  	Guarantees Generally	  	99
	 Section 1302.
	  	Continuing Guarantees	  	101
	 Section 1303.
	  	Release of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	102
	 Section 1304.
	  	[Reserved]	  	102
	 Section 1305.
	  	Waiver of Subrogation	  	102
	 Section 1306.
	  	Notation Not Required	  	103

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 Section 1307.
	  	Successors and Assigns of Subsidiary Guarantors	  	103
	 Section 1308.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	103
	 Section 1309.
	  	Notices	  	103
			
	 Exhibit A
	  	Form of Initial Note	  	
	 Exhibit B
	  	Form of Exchange Note	  	
	 Exhibit C
	  	Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership	  	
	 Exhibit D
	  	Form of Regulation S Certificate	  	
	 Exhibit E
	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	
	 Exhibit F
	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Mergers	  	
	 Exhibit G
	  	Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors	  	

  

 -v- 

 Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318 
 inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939: 
  

																	
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 Indenture Section

	 § 310
	 	(a)(1)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	709
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	709
		 	(a)(3)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(a)(4)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	708
	 § 311
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	713
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	713
		 	(b)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	803
	 § 312
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	801, 802
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	802
		 	(c)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	802
	 § 313
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	803
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	803
		 	(c)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	803
		 	(d)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	803
	 § 314
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	405
		 	(a)(4)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	106, 406
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(c)(1)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	106
		 	(c)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	106
		 	(c)(3)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(d)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(e)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	106
	 § 315
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	701
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	702, 803
		 	(c)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	701
		 	(d)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	701
		 	(d)(1)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	701
		 	(d)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	701
		 	(d)(3)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	612
		 	(e)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	614
	 § 316
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	612, 613
		 	(a)(1)(A)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	602, 612
		 	(a)(1)(B)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	613
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	Not Applicable
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	608
		 	(c)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	104
	 § 317
	 	(a)(1)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	603
		 	(a)(2)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	604
		 	(b)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	403
	 § 318
	 	(a)	 		 		 		 		 		 		  	107

 This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose
be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 
  

 -vi- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, this “Indenture”), among Neff Corp. (as surviving corporation in the merger with LYN Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, from time to time parties
hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 
 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER 
 The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes. 
 All things necessary to make the Notes, when executed and delivered by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly
issued by the Issuer, the valid obligation of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture, have been done. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS  
 OF GENERAL APPLICATION 
 Section 101. Definitions. 
 “ABL Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date,
among the Issuer, any other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, Bank of America, N.A., as agent, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Banc of America Securities LLC, GE Capital Markets,
Inc. and UBS Securities LLC as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunning managers and CIBC World Markets Corp. as co-manager, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced,
restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent, lenders and other financial institutions or other agents, lenders and other financial institutions or
otherwise, and whether provided under the original ABL Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including the Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). 
 “ABL Facility” means the collective reference to the ABL Agreement, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of
credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and
other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced,
restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether 

  

 1 

 
with the original agent, lenders and other financial institutions or other agents, lenders and other financial institutions or otherwise, and whether
provided under the original ABL Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including the Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall
include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of
Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each
case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any
Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Additional Assets” means (i) any property or
assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise
useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or assets already so used); (iii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the
acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party. 
 “Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant
to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 
 “Advisory Agreement”
means the Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Sponsor, the Issuer and the other parties thereto. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
“control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
“controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Asset Disposition” means
any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock, directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable
law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a disposition in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, sales, leases or rentals of rental fleet and equipment
in the ordinary course of business), (iii) the sale or 

  

 2 

 
discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary
course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by Article V, (vi) any Financing
Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may
obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment
to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease,
license, concession or other agreement, (x) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xi) a disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an
agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, or (xii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million. 
 “Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to
authenticate Notes of one or more series. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue
Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any
nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the
board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in
either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Borrowing Base” means the sum of (1) 65% of the net book value of Inventory (excluding Equipment) of the Issuer and its
Domestic Subsidiaries, (2) 85% of the net book value of Receivables of the Issuer and its Domestic Subsidiaries and (3) the lesser of 85% of the net orderly liquidation value or 100% of the net book value of Equipment of the
Issuer and its Domestic Subsidiaries (in each case, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal month of the Issuer for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available, and, in the case of any
determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness, on a pro forma basis including (x) any property or assets of a type described above acquired since the end of such fiscal month and (y) any property or assets of a
type described above being acquired in connection therewith). 
  

 3 

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office). 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including
any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means
an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent
or any other amount due under the related lease. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following:
(a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any
lender under a Senior Secured Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-1 or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (c) money market
instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating
of another nationally recognized rating agency), (d) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and
(e) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date: 
 (i) the
sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by way of merger or consolidation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than
one or more Permitted Holders; or 
 (ii) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together
(1) a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), or (2) are acting, for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), as a group, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the 

  

 4 

 
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly more than 50% of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Transactions shall not constitute or
give rise to a “Change of Control.” 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or
any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated
EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for
such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Acquisition
as if it had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period); provided that 
 (1) if since the beginning of
such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of
Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except
that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four
fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date
of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation), 
 (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid),
Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had
occurred on the first day of such period, 
  

 5 

 (3) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall
have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise
acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus
(B) if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted
Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale, 
 (4) if since the beginning of such period the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting
an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), Consolidated
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, and 

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if
made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase
occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase
or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or
discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings and operating expense reductions expected to be realized within 12 months of such Sale, Purchase
or other transaction relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is
being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into 

  

 6 

 
account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, a
rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by
applying such optional rate as the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility (including, without limitation, the ABL Facility), the
interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in
good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) provision for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based on income, profits or capital, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense and any Special
Purpose Financing Fees, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense (including but not limited to amortization of goodwill and intangibles and amortization and write-off of financing costs) and all other non-cash charges or non-cash
losses, (iv) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment or Indebtedness permitted by this Indenture (whether or not consummated or incurred), (v) the amount of any minority interest expense,
(vi) actual expenses incurred in such period related to rental equipment operating leases that expired or were terminated during such period to the extent that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired equipment with an
aggregate original equipment cost equal to or greater than the aggregate original equipment cost of the equipment leased pursuant to such operating lease substantially concurrently with the expiration or termination of such operating lease,
(vii) any management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Managers and their Affiliates and (viii) any extraordinary, unusual or non recurring gain, loss or charge. In the case of any
extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge pursuant to clause (viii) above, in any determination thereof the Issuer will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee promptly after the date on which Consolidated EBITDA
is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any
interest income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt
discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the
extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, expensing, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP; provided that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements. 
  

 7 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the
limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during
such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and
(B) the Issuer’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person; 
 (ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A), any net
income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted
Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date
with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that
(A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate
amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another
Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Issuer or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries
in such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, sales, leases or rentals of rental fleet and
equipment in the ordinary course of business), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; 
  

 8 

 (iv) any item presented on the Issuer’s income statement for such period as an
extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge; 
 (v) fees, expenses and charges associated with the
Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date; 
 (vi) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles; 
 (vi) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early
extinguishment of Indebtedness; 
 (viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or
other equity based awards, 
 (ix) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase
method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); 
 (x) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets pursuant to GAAP and amortization of intangible
assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; and 
 (xi) the following items shall be excluded: 
 (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and 
 (b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in
such period from currency translation gains or losses including those (i) related to currency remeasurments of Indebtedness and (ii) resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk. 
 In the case of any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge pursuant to clause (iv) above, in any determination thereof, the
Issuer will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee promptly after the date on which Consolidated Net Income is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 409(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, any income consisting of dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other
transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and any income consisting of return of capital, repayment or other proceeds from dispositions or repayments of Investments consisting of Restricted
Payments, in each case to the extent such income would be included in Consolidated Net Income and such related dividends, repayments, transfers, return of capital or other proceeds are applied by the Issuer to increase the amount of Restricted
Payments permitted under Section 409(a)(3)(C) or (D). 
  

 9 

 In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are
covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture. 
 “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of
such date that in each case is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured
thereby). 
 “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as at such date (after giving effect to any Incurrence or Discharge of Indebtedness on such date) to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available (determined, for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to
the Issue Date, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period), provided that: 
 (1) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Sale, the Consolidated EBITDA for such
period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable
thereto for such period; 
 (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger,
consolidation or otherwise) shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period
any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an
adjustment pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to
any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings and operations expense reductions
relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer. 
  

 10 

 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets
less the sum of the goodwill, net, and other intangible assets, net, in each case reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Issuer for which a
calculation thereof is available determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets
being acquired in connection therewith). 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money
Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations).

 “Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Issuer
in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning. 
 “Corporate Trust Office”
means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at 213 Court Street, Suite 703, Middletown, CT 06457. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more of (i) the ABL Facility, (ii) the Second Lien Facility, and
(iii) any other facilities or arrangements designated by the Issuer, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or fleet financings (including
without limitation through the sale of receivables or fleet assets to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or fleet assets or the creation of any Liens in respect of such
receivables or fleet assets in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing,
including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge
agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended
from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility 

  

 11 

 
or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the term “Credit Facilities” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors. 
 “Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer
or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a
financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Management Stock) that by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a
“change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock
or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in
whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes. 
 “Domestic Entity” means any Person
other than a Foreign Entity. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Foreign
Subsidiary. 
 “Equipment” means any equipment owned by or leased to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is revenue
earning equipment, or is classified as “rental equipment” in the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer, including any such equipment consisting of (i) construction, industrial, commercial and office equipment,
(ii) air tools, attachments, backhoes, booms, compaction, compressor, concrete, conveyors, cranes, dozers, earth moving, electrical equipment, excavators, forklifts, generators, lighting, loaders, material handling, scissors, skidsteers,
tractors, trenchers, trucks, welding, (iii) air compressors, pumps and small tools, and (iv) other personal property. 
 “Equity Offering” means a sale of Capital Stock (x) that is a sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or sales to Subsidiaries of the Issuer), or (y) proceeds of which in an amount equal
to or exceeding the Redemption Amount are contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than proceeds from a sale to Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Issuer). 
  

 12 

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any
successor securities clearing agency. 
 “European Government Obligations” means any security that is (a) a
direct obligation of Belgium, the Netherlands, France, Germany, Ireland or any other country that is a member of the European Monetary Union, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (b) an
obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under
the preceding clause (a) or (b), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
 “Exchange Act”
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Issuer’s 10% Senior Notes due
2015, containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act,
and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in a registration rights agreement
relating to such Initial Notes and this Indenture, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Additional Notes that are Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment
or supplement hereto.) 
 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of property or assets,
received by the Issuer as capital contributions to the Issuer after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, in each case to the extent
designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and not previously included in the calculation set forth in Section 409(a)(3)(B) for purposes of determining whether a Restricted Payment may
be made. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or
property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive. 
 “Financing
Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, property or assets by the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special
Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness, or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets.

 “Foreign Entity” means (a) any Person that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Person that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Entities (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any
such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries. 
  

 13 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign
Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Borrowing Base,” “Consolidated Coverage
Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness,” “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Tangible
Assets,” and “Consolidated Total Indebtedness,” all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and
as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture
shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term
“Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means any party who provides a Guarantee of
the Notes. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligations” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or
commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Holdings” means LYN Holdings Corp. and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “Incurs,”
“Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have a correlative meaning; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such 

  

 14 

 
Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it
becomes a Subsidiary. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including
Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 
 (i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, 
 (ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, 
 (iii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments
(the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not then
been reimbursed), 
 (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except
Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto, 
 (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, 
 (vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such
Person is a Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed
involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Capital Stock, or if less (or if such Capital Stock has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price therefor calculated in accordance with the
terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board
of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Capital Stock), 
 (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date
of determination (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons, 
  

 15 

 (viii) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent so
Guaranteed by such Person, and 
 (ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of
such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time). 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, or otherwise shall
equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304,
305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 
 “Initial Notes” means the Notes issued on the Issue
Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 
 “interest,” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX, additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such
Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note. 
 “Interest Rate
Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including
derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 
 “Inventory” means goods held
for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Investment” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to
customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 409 only, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Issuer at the
time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in 

  

 16 

 
such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.
Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Issuer’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of
capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would
otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 409(a).

 “Investors” means (i) the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates, (ii) any Person that acquires Voting
Stock of Holdings on or prior to the Issue Date, and any Affiliate of such Person, and (iii) any of their respective successors in interest. 
 “Issue Date” means the first date on which Initial Notes are issued. 
 “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “Issuer
Request” and “Issuer Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 “Management Advances” means (1) loans, advances or Guarantees made to or on behalf of, or in respect of loans
or advances made to, directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $1.0
million in the aggregate outstanding at any time or (2) other Guarantees of borrowings by Management Investors in connection with the purchase of Management Stock, which Guarantees are permitted under Section 407. 

“Management Investors” means the officers, directors, employees and other members of the management of any Parent, the Issuer or any
of their respective Subsidiaries, or family members or relatives thereof (provided that, solely for purposes of the definition of “Permitted Holders,” such relatives shall include only those Persons who are or become Management
Investors in connection with estate planning for or inheritance from other Management Investors, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, which determination shall be conclusive), or trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies for the
benefit of any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors and legal representatives, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent. 
  

 17 

 “Management Stock” means Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (including any
options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) held by any of the Management Investors. 
 “Managers” means the
Sponsor and any other Person entitled to fees under the Advisory Agreement. 
 “Merger” means the merger of LYN Acquisition
Corp., a Delaware corporation, with and into the Issuer, with the Issuer as the surviving entity effected in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. 
 “Merger Agreement” means the Merger Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2007, between the Issuer, LYN Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, LYN Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation,
and LYN Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its
successors. 
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments
received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses,
commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of
any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets
subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from
such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Disposition, and (v) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have
been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Issuer, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition. 
  

 18 

 “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the
Issuer or any Subsidiary by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’
fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to
Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008. 
 “Obligations” means, with
respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim
for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts
payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated
May 23, 2007, relating to the offering of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such
Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors). 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer
of each Issuer. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “Original Notes” means the Initial
Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor. 
 “Outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the
date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (i) Notes
theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 
 (ii) Notes for whose payment or
redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly
given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and 
  

 19 

 (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Indenture. 
 A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer holds the
Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the
Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes
which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s
right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 “Parent”
means any of Holdings and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings, or any Other Parent and of which the Issuer is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Issuer becomes
a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Issuer first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than
50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Issuer immediately prior to the Issuer first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control
shall have occurred by reason of the Issuer first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person. 
 “Parent Expenses” means
(i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules of any governmental,
regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities
Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with the acquisition, development, maintenance, ownership, prosecution, protection and defense of its
intellectual property and associated rights (including but not limited to trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, patents, copyrights and similar rights, including registrations and registration or renewal applications in respect
thereof; inventions, processes, designs, formulae, trade secrets, know-how, confidential information, computer software, data and documentation, and any other intellectual property rights; and licenses of any of the foregoing) to the extent such
intellectual property and associated rights relate to the business or businesses of the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its
charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor), (iv) other operational expenses of any Parent incurred in the ordinary
course of business, and (v) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of Capital Stock or 

  

 20 

 
Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such
offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 
 “Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on
behalf of the Issuer; provided that neither the Issuer nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1102 or Section 1205. 
 “Permitted Holder” means any of the following: (i) any of the Investors; (ii) any of the Management Investors as
of the Issue Date, the Sponsor and their respective Affiliates; (iii) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or successor to any such investment fund or
vehicle; (iv) any Parent; and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Issuer. In addition, any “person” (as such
term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of
Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders. 
 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following: 
 (i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 (ii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents; 
 (iv) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
 (v) any securities or other Investments received as
consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411; 
 (vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other
claims asserted by, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of
another Person; 
  

 21 

 (vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in
existence on the Issue Date; 
 (viii) Interest Rate Agreements, commodity futures contracts, forward contracts, options or
similar agreements or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 407;

 (ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary
course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413; 
 (x) (1) Investments in or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, or in connection with a Financing Disposition by or to or in
favor of any Special Purpose Entity, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Financing Disposition or any related Indebtedness, or (2) any promissory note issued by the
Issuer, or any Parent, provided that if such Parent receives cash from the relevant Special Purpose Entity in exchange for such note, an equal cash amount is contributed by any Parent to the Issuer; 
 (xi) Notes; 
 (xii) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), or Capital Stock of any Parent, as consideration; 
 (xiii) Management Advances; 
 (xiv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 412(b) (except transactions described in clauses (i), (v) and (vi) of
such paragraph); and 
 (xv) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of
$20.0 million or 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 If any Investment pursuant to clause (xv) above is made in any Person that is
not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xv) above for so long as such Person
continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of
the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 22 

 (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’,
materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings; 
 (c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment
insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

 (d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than
for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way,
building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course
of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing
Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original
Indebtedness; 
 (g) (i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of
record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating
thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 
 (h) Liens securing
Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Hedging Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred in compliance with Section 407; 
 (i) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Issuer shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal
or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 
  

 23 

 (j) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses to or from third parties; 
 (k) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness
Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b)(i), Section 407(b)(iv) or Section 407(b)(viii), (2) Bank Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b), (3) the Notes,
(4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity, or (6) obligations in respect of Management Advances, in each
case including Liens securing any Guarantee of any thereof; 
 (l) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited
to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to
which such Liens relate; 
 (m) Liens on Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that
secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (n) any encumbrance or restriction (including,
but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (o) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien
is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure)
the obligations to which such Liens relate; 
 (p) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the
same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such
property or assets, (3) on receivables (including related rights), (4) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that
such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (5) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off
arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (6) in favor of the Issuer or any 

  

 24 

 
Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor),
(7) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (8) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit
satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (9) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or
(10) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 407 on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements; 
 (q) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, which obligations do not exceed $25.0 million at any
time outstanding; and 
 (r) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof)
consisting of Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407, provided that on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to such Incurrence (or on the date of the initial borrowing of such
Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness), the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.5 to 1.0. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Place of
Payment” means a city or any political subdivision thereof in which any Paying Agent appointed pursuant to Article III is located. 
 “Predecessor Notes” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition,
any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated)
that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

 “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing,
construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 “QIB” or “Qualified Institutional Buyer” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as that term
is defined in Rule 144A. 
  

 25 

 “Receivable” means a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another
Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Redemption Date,”
when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and
the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including
Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including
Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Stated
Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in
an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate
accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement, dated May 31, 2007, among Neff Corp., Banc of America
Securities LLC, CIBC World Markets Corp., UBS Securities LLC and the Guarantors named therein. 
 “Regular Record Date” for
the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified for that purpose in Section 301. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S
Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. 
 “Related
Business” means those businesses in which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the date of this Indenture, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

  

 26 

 “Related Taxes” means (x) any taxes, charges or assessments, including but
not limited to sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than federal,
state or local taxes measured by income and federal, state or local withholding imposed by any government or other taxing authority on payments made by any Parent other than to another Parent), required to be paid by any Parent by virtue of its
being incorporated or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent), or being a holding company parent
of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent or receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent, or having guaranteed any obligations of the Issuer or any
Subsidiary thereof, or having made any payment in respect of any of the items for which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 409, or acquiring, developing, maintaining,
owning, prosecuting, protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated rights (including but not limited to receiving or paying royalties for the use thereof) relating to the business or businesses of the Issuer or any Subsidiary
thereof, (y) any taxes attributable to any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Issue Date, or to Holdings’ or any Parent’s receipt of, entitlement to, or obligation to make any payment in connection with the
Transactions, including any payment received after the Issue Date pursuant to any agreement relating to the Transactions, or (z) any other federal, state, foreign, provincial or local taxes measured by income for which any Parent is liable up
to an amount not to exceed, with respect to federal taxes, the amount of any such taxes that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a consolidated basis as if the Issuer had filed a
consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code or an analogous provision of state, local or foreign law) of which it were the common parent, or with respect to state and local taxes, the amount of
any such taxes that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a combined basis as if the Issuer had filed a combined return on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries. 
 “Resale Restriction Termination Date” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or
such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the
original issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto). 
 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee means the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, the chairman
or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president or assistant vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier,
any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  

 27 

 “Restricted Payment Transaction” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to
Section 409, any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and
the parenthetical exclusions contained in clauses (ii) and (iii) of such definition). 
 “Restricted Security” has
the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether
any Note constitutes a Restricted Security. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Second Lien
Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, any other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time,
Bank of America, N.A. as agent, Banc of America Securities LLC and CIBC World Markets Corp., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunning managers, and GE Capital Markets, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC as co-managers, as such agreement may be
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent, lenders
and other financial institutions or other agents, lenders and other financial institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Second Lien Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including the
Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). 
 “Second Lien Facility” means the collective reference to the Second
Lien Credit Agreement, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and
other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended,
supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent, lenders and other
financial institutions or other agents, lenders and other financial institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Second Lien Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or
financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Second Lien Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated
thereby, 

  

 28 

 
(ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness
Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than Subordinated Obligations. 
 “Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Second Lien Facility. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC,
as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Special Purpose Entity” means (x) any Special Purpose
Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any
jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets, and/or (ii) acquiring, selling, leasing, financing or refinancing Equipment, and/or related rights (including under leases, manufacturer
warranties and buy-back programs, and insurance policies) and/or assets (including managing, exercising and disposing of any such rights and/or assets). 
 “Special Purpose Financing” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables and/or other Equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been
transferred to a Special Purpose Entity or made subject to a Lien in a Financing Disposition. 
 “Special Purpose Financing
Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with, any Special Purpose Financing. 
 “Special Purpose Financing Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Issuer determines in good
faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary or otherwise necessary or advisable in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose
Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging
Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding
clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary. 
  

 29 

 “Special Purpose Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer that (a) is
engaged solely in (x) the business of (i) acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other
accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and/or
(ii) acquiring, selling, leasing, financing or refinancing Equipment, and/or related rights (including under leases, manufacturer warranties and buy-back programs, and insurance policies) and/or assets (including managing, exercising and
disposing of any such rights and/or assets), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and
(b) is designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors. 
 “Special Record
Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
 “Sponsor” means Lightyear Capital LLC. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with
respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency). 
 “Subordinated
Obligations” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement or is Disqualified
Stock. 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 414.

 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee. 

“Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (a)(i) under Section 501. 
  

 30 

 “Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture, to be entered into
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. 
 “Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:
(i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of the European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment
or capital expenditure by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of the European Union or
any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any
of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s
(or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank
deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition
thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof
or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or
“A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the
time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications
described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), with a rating at the
time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of
S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed
by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of
such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) Preferred Stock (other than of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries) having a rating of “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the
equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vii) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(vi) above (which funds may also hold reasonable
amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (viii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of
America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 

  

 31 

 
million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any
successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ix) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade
creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services. 
 “Transactions” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum relating to the Notes, dated as of May 10, 2007, as supplemented by the pricing supplement, dated
May 22, 2007. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Trust Officer” means 
 (1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust
matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
 (2) who
shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means
(i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that (A) such designation was made
at or prior to the Issue Date or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be
permitted under Section 409. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Issuer could Incur
at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a), (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to 

  

 32 

 
giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than
Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to Section 407(b). Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing
with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Issuer’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of
America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by
such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law)
such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or
interest evidenced by such depositary receipt. 
 “Vice President”, when used with respect to any Person, means any vice
president of such Person, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.” 
 “Voting Stock” of an entity means all classes of Capital Stock of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the
management or actions of such entity. 
 Section 102. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined
 in Section

	 “Act”
	  	108
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	412
	 “Agent Members”
	  	312
	 “Amendment”
	  	410
	 “Applicable Premium”
	  	1001
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	303
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	601
	 “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”
	  	313
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	415
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	1203

  

 33 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined
 in Section

	 “Custodian”
	  	601
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	307
	 “Defeasance”
	  	1202
	 “Defeased Notes”
	  	1201
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	201
	 “Event of Default”
	  	601
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	411
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	108
	 “Global Notes”
	  	201
	 “Initial Agreement”
	  	410
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	413
	 “Note Register” and “Note Registrar”
	  	305
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	601
	 “Offer”
	  	411
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	305
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	201
	 “Permitted Payment”
	  	409
	 “Physical Notes”
	  	201
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	203
	 “Redemption Amount”
	  	1001
	 “Redemption Price”
	  	1001
	 “Refinancing Agreement”
	  	410
	 “Regular Record Date”
	  	301
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	201
	 “Regulation S Note Exchange Date”
	  	313
	 “Regulation S Physical Notes”
	  	201
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	409
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	201
	 “Rule 144A Physical Notes”
	  	201
	 “Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	1301
	 “Successor Company”
	  	501
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	201
	 “Treasury Rate”
	  	1001

 Section 103. Rules of Construction. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the
meanings assigned to them in this Indenture; 
 (2) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 34 

 (4) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other
words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
 (5) all references to “$” or “dollars” shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (6) the words “include,” “included” and “including,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” if not expressly followed by
such phrase or the phrase “but not limited to”; 
 (7) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the
plural include the singular; 
 (8) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include
substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (9) any reference to a
Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture. 
 Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of
TIA. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference
in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them
therein. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes.

 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, and any successor or other obligor on
the indenture securities. 
 Section 105. Conflict with TIA. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a
provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded,
the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be. 
 Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes (including any Subsidiary Guarantor) 

  

 35 

 
to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer or such other obligor (including any Subsidiary Guarantor), as the case
may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by an Officer, or an Opinion
of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application as to which the furnishing
of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for
in Section 406) shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of
the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied
with; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied
with. 
 Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by,
or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may
certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by,
counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it
relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that
the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 
  

 36 

 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents,
certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing;
and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer, as the case may be. Such instrument
or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in this
Section 108. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the
affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other legal entity other than an individual, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also
constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note
issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of
such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) (i) The Issuer may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of
Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the
Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant
to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date;
provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by 

  

 37 

 
Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Issuer from
setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and
nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph,
the Issuer, at its expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in
Section 110. 
 (ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes
entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602, (C) any request to institute proceedings referred to in
Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612, in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and
no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or
prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for
which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to
render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense,
shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110. 
 (iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108, the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as
the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Issuer
or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If
an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date
with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date. 
 (iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to
all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
  

 38 

 (v) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including the Depositary or the Common
Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made,
given or taken by Holders, the Depositary or the Common Depositary, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interest in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions
and customary practices. 
 (vi) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the persons who are beneficial owners of
interests in any Global Note held by the Depositary or the Common Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such persons, shall be
entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 
 Section 109. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or
furnished to, or filed with, 
 (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at 213 Court Street, Suite 703, Middletown, CT 06457, Attention: Corporate Trust Department (telephone: (860) 704-6217; telecopier:
(860) 704-6219 or at any other address furnished in writing to the Issuer by the Trustee, or 
 (2) the Issuer by the
Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to Neff Corp., 3750 N.W. 87th Avenue, Suite 400 Miami, Florida 33178, Attention: Chief Financial Officer or at any other
address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer. 
 The Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver. Where
this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where
notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. 
  

 39 

 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the
Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of
any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
 Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The
Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 Section 112. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors. 
 Section 113. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 114. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent
and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 Section 115. GOVERNING
LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS
AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 
 Section 116. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a
Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the
next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

  

 40 

 Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and
Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this
Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules. All exhibits and schedules
attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full. 
 Section 119.
Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 ARTICLE II  
 NOTE FORMS

 Section 201. Forms Generally. 
 (a) The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in
this Article II and Exhibit A, annexed hereto. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit B, annexed hereto. Each of Exhibits A and B is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or
depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided
always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A and B are
part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note. 
 Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall, unless the Issuer otherwise notifies the Trustee in
writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the
“Rule 144A Global Note.” The Rule 144A Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the
Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

  

 41 

 Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S under the Securities Act shall, unless the Issuer otherwise notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise
permitted herein. Such Global Notes will be referred to collectively herein as the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note.” The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or
its nominee for the accounts of designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream and shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Temporary
Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or increased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 Following the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S (the “Distribution Compliance Period”) with respect to any Temporary Regulation S Global Note, beneficial interests in such
Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged as provided in Sections 312 and 313 for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as
otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes will be referred to collectively herein as the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note.” The Permanent Regulation S Global Notes and the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes shall be referred
to collectively herein as the “Regulation S Global Notes.” The Permanent Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for credit to the account of an Agent Member and
shall be duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Simultaneously with the authentication of a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the related Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

 Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313, Initial Notes and
any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the
form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Rule 144A Physical Notes”) or (y) in a Regulation S Global Note (if any), on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note,
shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Regulation S Physical Notes”), respectively, as hereinafter provided. 
 The Rule 144A Physical Notes and Regulation S Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to
Section 304, 305, 306 or 1008, and the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305,
306 or 1008. The Rule 144A Physical Notes and the Regulation S Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the
“Physical Notes.” The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively referred to as the
“Global Notes.” Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and, subject to Section 312(b), shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes. 
  

 42 

 Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The Notes will have
endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
 If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to
Section 714, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication. 
 Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends. Each Global Note and Physical Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend set forth below (the
“Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with Section 313(4): 
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITY) THAT 
 (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED ONLY: 
 (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE
TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO
REQUESTS), 
  

 43 

 (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR 
 (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
 AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND 
 (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE
RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 
 Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO
THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS
MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO
NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE
INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). 
 Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE
FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT 

  

 44 

 
CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK
S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME. 
 ARTICLE III 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 301. Title
and Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Initial Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $230 million. Additional
Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes (except as otherwise provided in Section 902) and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

 The Notes shall be known and designated as the “10% Senior Notes due 2015” of the Issuer. The final Stated Maturity of the Notes
shall be June 1, 2015. Interest on the Outstanding principal amount of Notes will accrue at the rate of 10% per annum and will be payable, in each case, semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 in each year, commencing
on December 1, 2007, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15, respectively (each such date, a “Regular Record Date”). Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from May 31, 2007; and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued)
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the
date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the
date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date. 
 Section 302. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one Officer of the
Issuer. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or by facsimile. 
  

 45 

 Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time an Officer of the
Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee
for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $230 million, (ii) Additional Notes in one or more series from time to
time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case
specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Such Officer’s Certificate shall specify the
amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the “CUSIP,” “ISIN,” “Common Code” or other similar identification numbers of such Notes, if any, whether the Notes are to be
Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. 
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication executed by the Trustee by manual signature,
and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
 Section 304. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable
delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of
authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor. 
 Section 305. Registrar and Paying Agent; Transfer and Exchange. The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars. The term “Note Registrar” includes any co-registrars.

  

 46 

 The Issuer shall maintain an office or agent within the United States where Notes may be presented for
payment (the “Paying Agent”); provided, however, that at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in
the Note Register. The Issuer may have one or more additional paying agents, and the term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional Paying Agent. 
 The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as “Note Registrar” and “Paying Agent” in connection with the Notes until such time as the
Trustee has resigned or a successor has been appointed. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar for any series of Notes without prior notice to the Holders of Notes. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such
agent. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 707. The Issuer or any wholly-owned Domestic
Subsidiary of the Issuer may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or transfer agent. 
 Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 At the
option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any
Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer
or exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such
Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes,
but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 
  

 47 

 The Issuer shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day
of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part. 
 Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall
issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after
such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Note Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being
acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee
or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Note Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.

 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion
may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 306, the Issuer may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly
issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights
and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 Section 307. Payment of
Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at
the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301. 
 Any interest on any Note that is
payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue
of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuer, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below: 
  

 48 

 (1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in
whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to
the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor
less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record
Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s
address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall
be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 
 (2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such
payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note of the same series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note of such series. 

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and any agent of any of them may
treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307) interest on, such Note and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  

 49 

 Section 309. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange
or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any
Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention
requirements of the Exchange Act). 
 Section 310. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section 311. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
“CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes; that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes; and that any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 
 Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 
 (a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be
registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to the account of an Agent Member, and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. Neither
the Issuer nor any agent of the Issuer shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing
any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream
(“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or its respective custodians, or under such Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by the
Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and
their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent
Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
  

 50 

 (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject
to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless (i) the
Issuer has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Sections 305 and 313. Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3), Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners
in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Global Note, if (i) in the case of a Global Note, the Depositary notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and
a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (ii) in the case of a Global Note, the Depositary ceases to be registered as a “Clearing Agency” under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within
120 days; (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notify the Trustee that they elect to cause the issuance of Physical Notes; or (iv) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and the Trustee
has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes. 
 (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion
of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(b), the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global
Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized
denominations. 
 (d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 312(b), the
applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,
as the case may be, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Rule 144A Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Notes (in the
case of any Regulation S Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 
 (e) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or
beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313) and the procedures therefor of the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as the case may be. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global
Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such
an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, containing information
regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313, the Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct 

  

 51 

 
the Depositary or Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in
such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred and the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease and increase in the
principal amount of the applicable Global Notes in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Notes being transferred. 
 (f)
Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(b) shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise
provided in Section 203 and Section 313, bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing,
through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream, or designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Section 313. 
 (h) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions. 
 (1) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note
Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and, 
 (a) if (x) such transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar and the Issuer
and the Trustee a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee, and 
 (b) if the proposed transferor is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the
Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the
procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary; 
 whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and
(if the transfer does not involve a transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be
transferred, and (ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the Issuer shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
  

 52 

 (2) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of
any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including
Section 305) and, 
 (a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided
for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who the transferor
reasonably believes is a QIB; and 
 (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred
consists of a Physical Note that after transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon
receipt by the Note Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal
amount of the transferee Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or
reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be. 
 (3)
Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes. No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313. 
 A beneficial owner of an interest a Temporary Regulation S Global Note (and, in the case of any Additional Notes for which no Temporary Regulation S
Global Note is issued, any Regulation S Global Note) shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note or (in the case of such interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note) an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note
until a date, which must be after Distribution Compliance Date, on which the Issuer receive a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit C from such beneficial owner (a “Certificate of Beneficial
Ownership”). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the “Regulation S Note Exchange Date.” 
 (4) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale
Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Issuer after there is delivered to the Note Registrar an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory 

  

 53 

 
to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) with respect to a Regulation S Global Note (on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Note, in each case with
the agreement of the Issuer, or (iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
 (5) Other Transfers. The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Issuer to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313, such
registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313, upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory
to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Issuer or the Trustee may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G and an opinion of counsel to the extent required by the private placement legend) to confirm that, the proposed transfer
is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 A
Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313. A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global
Note other than through a transfer in compliance with this Section 313. 
 (6) General. By its acceptance of any Note
bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in
this Indenture. 
 The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to
Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to this Section 313). The Issuer shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to deliver to the Issuer, at the
Issuer’s expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar. 
 In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to
inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or
otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to
such transfer. 
  

 54 

 Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest. 
 (a) Under certain circumstances the Issuer will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as
more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes. 
 (b) Under certain circumstances the Issuer may be obligated to pay certain additional
amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes. 
 (c) Prior to any Interest Payment Date on which any such additional interest is payable, the Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of the amount of any additional interest due on such Interest Payment Date. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable
Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and
premium, if any) and interest then due. 
 Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain in the United States where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. 
 The Issuer hereby designate (i) the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Issuer where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance
with Section 305 hereof. 
  

 55 

 Section 403. Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust. If the Issuer shall at any time act as
the Paying Agent, it shall, on or before 12:00 p.m., New York City time on each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 If the Issuer is not acting as the Paying Agent, the Issuer shall, on or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time on each due date of the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 
 If the Issuer is not acting as the Paying Agent, the Issuer shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403, that such Paying Agent shall: 
 (1) hold all sums held by
it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 
 (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of
principal (and premium, if any) or interest; 
 (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written
request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and 
 (4) acknowledge,
accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent. 
 The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held
in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent,
or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured 

  

 56 

 
general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and
all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 404. [Reserved]. 
 Section 405. SEC Reports. (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements
of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as any Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and
other reports that the Issuer is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if it was so subject. The Issuer will also, within 15 days after the date on which the Issuer was so required
to file or would be so required to file if the Issuer was so subject, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee (or make available on the Issuer’s website) copies of any such
information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed. The Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this Section 405 if any Parent files and provides reports, documents and information of the
types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods, and the Issuer is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any
exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Issuer also will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a). 
 (b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing: 
 (1) the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished all reports required to be provided pursuant
to this covenant to the trustee and the holders of Notes if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; 
 (2) the contents of any reports required to be provided pursuant to this covenant prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), whichever occurs first, shall be limited in scope to the type of disclosure set forth in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (3) the Issuer shall not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of
Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement; 
 (4) the reporting requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the registered exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and such
registration statement or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
  

 57 

 (5) in the event that Parent or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer
is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the indenture will permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations under this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to Parent or such
other direct or indirect parent company; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent or such other direct
or indirect parent company and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a standalone basis, on the
other hand. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations set
forth in this Section 405 for purposes of Section 601(v) until 120 days after the time any report, information or document described above is required to be filed or delivered. 
 Section 406. Statement as to Default. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Issuer, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Issuer is or is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without
regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the
TIA, each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). The individual signing any certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 406 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting
officer of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4). 
 Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00:1.00. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness: 
 (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’
acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time
outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to (A) $290.0 million, plus (B) the greater of (1) $350.0 million less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred by Special Purpose
Entities that are 

  

 58 

 
Domestic Subsidiaries and then outstanding pursuant to clause (xiii) of this paragraph (b) and (2) an amount equal to the Borrowing Base less
the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred by Special Purpose Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries and then outstanding pursuant to clause (xiii) of this paragraph (b), plus (C) in the event of any
refinancing of any such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or (B) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii);

 (iii) Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date (or any Notes issued in respect thereof or in exchange
therefor) and the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clause (ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness
described in this clause (iii) or paragraph (a) above; 
 (iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease
Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto not to exceed the greater of (A) $40.0 million and (B) 8% of Consolidated Tangible Assets, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time; 
 (v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (vi)(A) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other
obligation or liability of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407), or (B) without
limiting Section 413, Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407); 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in
connection with the acquisition or disposition permitted by this Indenture of any business, assets or Person after the Issue Date; 
  

 59 

 (viii) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of
(A) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments or obligations issued, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business (including those issued to governmental entities
in connection with self-insurance under applicable workers’ compensation statutes), or (B) completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or
relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (C) Hedging Obligations, entered into for bona fide hedging purposes, or (D) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course
of business, or (E) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or
arrangement; 
 (ix) Acquired Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or
into any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred to finance, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, such acquisition); provided that on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, after giving effect thereto,
(1) the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) above or (2) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, consolidation or merger;
and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any such Indebtedness; 
 (x) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to the greater of (x) $40.0 million or (y) 8% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; 
 (xi) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness evidenced by promissory notes subordinated to the Notes issued to
current or former employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (or their respective spouses) in lieu of cash payments for Capital Stock being repurchased from such Persons in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $10.0 million; 
 (xii) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness, to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are at the time of such incurrence deposited and used to defease the Notes in whole and not in part as described under Article XII and in accordance with this Indenture; and

 (xiii) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed
of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other 

  

 60 

 
than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Issuer as, Incurred at
such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this covenant for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse; and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall
comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Issuer may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this Section 407(b)(xiii). 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in
compliance with, this Section 407, (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 407) arising under any
Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other
similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraph (a) or (b) above,
the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify (or reclassify) such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another
such clause); and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in good faith in accordance with GAAP.

 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term
Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that (x) the dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred),
and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing and (z) the dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and
Incurred pursuant to a Senior Secured Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Issuer’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the
respective commitments under such Senior Secured Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of
such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the
currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
  

 61 

 Section 408. [Reserved]. 
 Section 409. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock
(including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Issuer is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and
(y) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Capital Stock on no more than a pro
rata basis, measured by value), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any acquisition of Capital
Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof), (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value,
prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such
dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes
such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto: 
 (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would
result therefrom); 
 (2) the Issuer could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 407(a); or 
 (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the
amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date
and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during
the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first quarter to commence after the Issue Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated
financial statements of the Issuer are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number); 
  

 62 

 (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Issuer as capital contributions to the Issuer after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions) or (y) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date of Indebtedness
that shall have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or
assets, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 
 (C) the aggregate amount
equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to clause (x) of the following paragraph (b), or (ii) the redesignation of
any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”); and 
 (D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included
in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount
of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 409(a) will not prohibit any of the
following (each, a “Permitted Payment”): 
 (i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock of the Issuer or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the
issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary) or a
substantially concurrent capital contribution to the Issuer, in each case other than Excluded Contributions; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations
under Section 409(a)(3)(B); 
 (ii) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Issuer or Refinancing 

  

 63 

 
Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407, (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by
Section 411(a)(iii)(C), (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Issuer shall have complied with
Section 415 and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired
Indebtedness; 
 (iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such
dividend would have complied with Section 409(a); 
 (iv) Investments or other Restricted Payments in an aggregate
amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions; 
 (v) loans, advances, dividends or
distributions by the Issuer to any Parent to permit any Parent to repurchase or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), or payments by the Issuer to repurchase or otherwise acquire
Capital Stock of any Parent or the Issuer (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), in each case from Management Investors, such payments, loans, advances, dividends or distributions not to exceed an amount (net of
repayments of any such loans or advances) equal to (x) (1) $8.0 million, plus (2) $2.0 million multiplied by the number of calendar years that have commenced since the Issue Date, plus (y) the Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Issuer since the Issue Date from, or as a capital contribution from, the issuance or sale to Management Investors of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), to the extent such Net
Cash Proceeds are not included in any calculations under Section 409(a)(3)(B)(x), plus (z) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or by any Parent and
contributed to the Issuer) since the Issue Date to the extent such cash proceeds are not included in any calculation under Section 409(a)(3)(A); 
 (vi) the payment by the Issuer of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Issuer to any Parent to pay, dividends on the
common stock or equity of the Issuer or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or equity in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year 6% of the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Issuer (whether directly, or indirectly
through a contribution to common equity capital) in or from such public offering; 
 (vii) Restricted Payments (including
loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed an amount (net of repayments of any such loans or advances) equal to $15.0 million; 
 (viii) loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(A) to satisfy or permit any Parent to satisfy obligations under the Advisory Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses or any Related Taxes; 
  

 64 

 (ix) payments by the Issuer, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Issuer
to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, not to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (x) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xi) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the
exercise price thereof and repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an officer, director or employee to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or
award; 
 (xii) any purchase or repayment of any Subordinated Obligation upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the
extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Obligation but only if: 
 (a) in the case of a Change of
Control, the Issuer shall have complied with all its obligations described under “—Change of Control” and purchased all the Notes tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such
Subordinated Obligation; or 
 (b) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Issuer shall have applied the Net Cash Proceeds from such
Asset Sale in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales”; 
 provided that (i) in
the case of clauses (a) and (b), the purchase price (stated as a percentage of principal amount or issue price plus accrued original discount, if less) of such Subordinated Obligation shall not be greater than the price (stated as a percentage
of principal amount) of the Notes pursuant to any Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, and (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale, the aggregate amount of such Subordinated Obligation that the Issuer may purchase or repay shall not exceed
the amount of unutilized Net Cash Proceeds, if any, remaining after the Issuer has purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to such Net Proceeds Offer; 
 (xiii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant
described under Section 407 above; 
 (xiv) any Restricted Payment pursuant to or in connection with the
Transactions; 
 (xv) payments permitted by Section 407(xi); and 
 (xvi) the payment of Special Purpose Financing Fees; 
  

 65 

 provided that (A) in the case of clauses (iii) and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted
Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments, (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in
subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments and (C) solely with respect to clause (vi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Permitted Payment after giving effect thereto.

 Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to (i) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer
(provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an
encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction: 
 (1) pursuant to an agreement or instrument in effect at
or entered into on the Issue Date, any Credit Facility, this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (2) pursuant to any agreement or
instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in
connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Issuer is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of
such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company; 
 (3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”)
or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or
Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer); 
 (4)(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment
or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or 

  

 66 

 
the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or similar contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right
with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement
agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including
but not limited to leases and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property
or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations; 
 (5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the
direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 (6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction
over the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or 
 (7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument
(A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument
taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), or (ii) if such encumbrance or
restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and either (x) the Issuer determines in good faith that such
encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or
financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity. 
 Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 
 (i) the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the
shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of
$5.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), 
  

 67 

 (ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions)
having a fair market value of $5.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person
assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, and 
 (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuer (or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows: 
 (A) first, either (x) to the extent the Issuer prepays,
repays or purchases any Bank Indebtedness, other Senior Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on the assets that are subject to such Asset Disposition or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or (in the
case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralizes any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days after the later of the
date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary invests in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a
Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash;
provided that a binding commitment to reinvest in Additional Assets shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment to the 545th day after receipt of the Net Available Cash of the
applicable Asset Sale so long as the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment on or prior to the 545th day after receipt
of the Net Available Cash of the applicable Asset Sale; 
 (B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net
Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above (such balance, the “Excess Proceeds”), to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required
by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 411(b) and Section 411(c) and the agreements governing such other
Indebtedness; and 
  

 68 

 (C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after
application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or
other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations); 
 provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or
purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the
principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in Temporary Cash Investments. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 411, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any
Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this
Section 411 exceeds $15.0 million; provided that after making an offer to purchase Notes as provided above, such amount shall be reset to zero. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned
between the Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of the Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn. 
 For the
purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Disqualified
Stock of the Issuer) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition,
(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Issuer and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment
of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) Additional Assets. 
  

 69 

 (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to
Section 411(a)(iii)(B), the Issuer will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Issuer for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 411(c). If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than
the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Issuer for use in accordance with Section 411(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary) or Section 411(a)(iii)(C). The Issuer shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes pursuant to this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided
Section 411(a)(iii)(A)) is less than $2.5 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from
any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than $2,000 in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding. 
 (c) The Issuer shall, not later than 45 days after the Issuer becomes obligated to make an Offer pursuant to this Section 411, mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:
(1) that an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of a portion of the Notes has occurred and that such Holder has the right (subject to the prorating described below) to require the Issuer to purchase a portion of such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to Section 307); (2) the circumstances and
relevant facts and financial information regarding such Asset Disposition; (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (4) the instructions
determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 411, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (5) the amount of the Offer. If, upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains
open, the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holder exceeds the amount of the Offer, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so
that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased). 
 (d) The Issuer will
comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 411. To the extent that
the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 411, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Section 411 by virtue thereof. 
 Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of
related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless (i) the terms of such
Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person who is 

  

 70 

 
not such an Affiliate and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such
Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors and if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the Issuer shall have obtained an opinion from a nationally
recognized appraisal or investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 412(a), any Affiliate Transaction shall be
deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested
Directors, a fairness opinion is provided by a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 412(a) will not apply to: 
 (i) any Restricted
Payment Transaction, 
 (ii)(1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract,
collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business,
including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations,
or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Issuer or such Subsidiary), (4) any transaction with an officer or director in the ordinary course of business not involving more than $100,000 in any one case, or
(5) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term), 
 (iii) any transaction with the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Special Purpose Entity, 
 (iv) any transaction arising out of agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than the Advisory Agreement referred to in Section 412(b)(vii), and any payments made pursuant thereto; provided that the
existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement shall only be permitted by this clause (iv) to the extent that the terms of any such
amendment are not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect, 
 (v) any transaction in the ordinary course of
business on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Issuer, 
  

 71 

 (vi) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors, between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Issuer controlled by the Issuer that is a joint venture or similar entity, 
 (vii) the execution, delivery and performance of the Advisory Agreement, including payment to the Managers or any of their Affiliates of
fees of up to $2.5 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year and the termination fees pursuant thereto, and fees in connection with any acquisition, disposition, merger, recapitalization, issuance of securities, financing or similar transactions
as provided in any such Advisory Agreement, plus all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any such Affiliate in connection with its performance of management consulting, monitoring, financial advisory or other services with respect to
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 
 (viii) the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including
but not limited to the financing thereof), and all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions, and 
 (ix) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or capital contribution to the Issuer. 
 Section 413. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets
(including Capital Stock of any other Person), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “Initial Lien”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made
to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis
to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary
Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary
Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 1303 or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer that is governed by Section 501) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Issuer of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien. 
 Section 414. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. From and after the Issue Date, the Issuer will cause each Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Issuer of any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for
all purposes under this Indenture. In addition, the Issuer may cause any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor so to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  

 72 

 Section 415. Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or
any part of such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to Section 307); provided, however, that the
Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that they have exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as provided in Article X. 
 (b) [RESERVED]. 
 (c) Unless the Issuer
exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Article X, the Issuer shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Issuer obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the
Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to
receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (4) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 415, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (5) if
such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than $2,000 in original principal amount of such Note would
be left outstanding. 
 (d) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes
the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 415. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with provisions of this Section 415, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 415 by virtue thereof. 
 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 501. When the Issuer May Merge, etc. 
 (a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 
 (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture by executing and
delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  

 73 

 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness
that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have
occurred and be continuing; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor
Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a), or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or
exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; 
 (iv) each
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such
consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Trustee, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be
discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and 
 (v) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this paragraph; provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel
may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and as to any matters of fact, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer
described in Section 501(b). 
 Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that
is deemed to be Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall
be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407. 
 (b) Clauses (ii) and (iii) of
Section 501(a) will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges into or transfers all or part of its assets to the Issuer or (2) the Issuer consolidates or merges
with or into or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Issuer in another jurisdiction or changing its legal
structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer so long as all assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Capital 

  

 74 

 
Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.
Section 501(a) will not apply to the Transactions. 
 Section 502. Successor Company Substituted. Upon any
transaction involving the Issuer in accordance with Section 501 in which the Issuer is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under
this Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Issuer shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Issuer in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets shall not be released
from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 REMEDIES 
 Section 601. Events of Default. An “Event of
Default” means the occurrence of the following: 
 (i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due,
continued for 30 days; 
 (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (iii) the failure by the
Issuer to comply with its obligations under Section 501(a); 
 (iv) the failure by the Issuer to comply for 30
days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes); 
 (v) the failure by the Issuer to comply for 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this
Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture; 
 (vi) the failure by any
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 45 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its obligations under its applicable Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (vii) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final
maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $15.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent; provided that no
Default or Event of Default will be deemed to occur with respect to any such accelerated Indebtedness that is paid or otherwise acquired or retired within 20 Business Days after such acceleration; 
  

 75 

 (viii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Issuer or a Significant
Subsidiary, or by each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law: 
 (A) the commencement of a voluntary case; 
 (B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or against each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints (x) a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or (y) a Custodian of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are
not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, or for any substantial part of their property in the aggregate; or 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries
that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 
 (x) failure by the
Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts covered by insurance with, or
other indemnification provided by, a reputable and creditworthy insurance company or other reputable and creditworthy indemnitor) , which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 90 days; or 
 (xi) the failure of any applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, by a Subsidiary Guarantor, that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full
force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any applicable Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this Indenture or any
applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, if such Default continues for 10 days. 
  

 76 

 The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and
whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
 However, a Default under clause (v) or (vi) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be
remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases. 
 The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default under clause (vii) or (x) and any event that with the giving
of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (v) or (vi), its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(viii) or Section 601(ix)) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default
and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due
and payable immediately. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 601(viii) or
Section 601(ix) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all
existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but
is not obligated under this Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to 

  

 77 

 
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 601(i) or 601(ii)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the
amounts provided for in Section 707. 
 Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such
proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors
or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession
of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision
for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 
 Section 606. Application of Money Collected. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment
if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
Section 707; 
 Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and
premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if
any) and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Issuer. 
  

 78 

 Section 607. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 608 hereof, no Holder may
pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee
written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request
within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (v) the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and
for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders. 
 Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders To Receive Principal and
Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on
the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every
such case the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 610. Rights and
Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative
and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
  

 79 

 Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any
Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this
Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 612. Control by Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that 
 (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and 
 (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701, that the
Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not
inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
This Section 612 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on
behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences (provided that if any such waiver will only affect the Notes then Outstanding under this Indenture, then only the Holders of not less than a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive such past Default and its consequences), except a Default 
 (1) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes
affected), or 
 (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of
Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected. 
 Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or
impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This
paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
  

 80 

 Section 614. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of
any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the
Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by
the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note. 
 Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Issuer (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the
Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall
not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. 
 (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, 
 (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its
part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the
case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof. 
  

 81 

 (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to
act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 701(a); (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer,
unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to Section 612. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such
risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703. 
 Section 702. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail within 90 days
after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the
case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of
Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 701: 
 (1) the Trustee
may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (2) any request
or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s board of directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such
Person as having been duly adopted and being in full force and effect on the date of such certificate; 
  

 82 

 (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable
that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s
Certificate of the Issuer; 
 (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion
of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 
 (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction; 
 (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document; and 
 (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents
or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
 Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of
the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee
represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the
Issuer and any other obligor upon the Notes in connection with the registration of any Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees issued hereunder are and will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor
any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds thereof. 
 Section 705. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713, may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other
agent. 
  

 83 

 Section 706. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer. 
 Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Issuer agree: 
 (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 
 (2) except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the
expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and 
 (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith
on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance
of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent. The provisions of this
Section 707 shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 Section 708. Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee
has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by,
and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original Notes and
Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 Section 709. Corporate Trustee
Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any
such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital
and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 709, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 
 Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711. 
  

 84 

 The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. If the instrument of
acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. 
 If at any time: 
 (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has
been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or 
 (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under
Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Holder, or 
 (3)
the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 
 then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer may remove the Trustee, or
(B) subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees. 
 If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711. If, within one year after such
resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the
successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee
appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711, then, subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been
a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner
provided in Section 110. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 
  

 85 

 Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. In case of the appointment hereunder of
a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Issuer or the successor
Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such
successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. 
 Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer
shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above. 
 No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this
Article VII. 
 Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which
the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all
the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII, without the execution or filing of any paper
or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may
adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 
 Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to
the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of such claims. 
 Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate
the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent
may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by
such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  

 86 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY  
 TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER 
 Section 801. The Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

 (1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably
require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and 
 (2) at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 
 provided, however, that if and to the extent and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this
Section 801. 
 Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. The Trustee shall preserve, in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the
Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Issuer, any Subsidiary
Guarantor or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the
corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA. 
 Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the
same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of any of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

 Section 803. Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after each December 15, beginning with December 15, 2007, the
Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain outstanding. A
copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee or any applicable listing agent with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Issuer. The Issuer will notify
the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  

 87 

 ARTICLE IX  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER 
 Section 901. Without Consent of Holders. Without the
consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Issuer, the Trustee and (as applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency, 
 (2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, under this
Indenture, 
 (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, 
 (4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, 
 (5) to secure the Notes, 
 (6) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture,

 (7) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon
the Issuer, 
 (8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes, 
 (9) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of the
Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, 
 (10) to increase the minimum denomination of the Notes to equal the dollar
equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part), 
 (11) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture, 
 (12) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise, or 
 (13) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee. 
  

 88 

 Section 902. With Consent of Holders. Subject to Section 608, the Issuer and the
Trustee and (if applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), provided that if any such amendment or waiver will only affect the Notes then Outstanding under this Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes then Outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), as the case may be, shall be required and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) may waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance by the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 902, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613, may not: 
 (i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 
 (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as described in
Section 1001; 
 (v) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note; 
 (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates
therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or 
 (vii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this paragraph. 
 It shall not be necessary for the
consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders, with a copy to the
Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental indenture or the
effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers. The
Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the 

  

 89 

 
amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need
not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other
laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law
or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of
that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904 and the terms and
conditions of any solicitation of consents, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Issuer, received by the Trustee or the Issuer, as the case may be, before
the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to such amendment, supplement or waiver. The Issuer
may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses
(i) through (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 902. In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that
evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
 Section 905. Conformity with TIA. Every
amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) request
the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Issuer and in accordance with the specific direction of the Issuer) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the
Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new
Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 90 

 ARTICLE X 
 REDEMPTION OF NOTES 
 Section 1001. Right of Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after June 1, 2011 and
prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder in accordance with Section 1005. The Issuer may provide in
such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject
to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to Section 307), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Redemption Period
	  	Price	 
	 2011
	  	105.0	%
	 2012
	  	102.5	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.0	%

 (b) In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 1, 2010, the Issuer at
its option may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount (the
“Redemption Amount”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Redemption Date (subject to Section 307); provided, however, that if Notes are redeemed, an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the
principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Notes. 
 The Issuer may make such redemption
upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 (but in no event more than 90 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Issuer may provide in such
notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and
any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (c) At any time prior to June 1, 2011, Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the
Issuer’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable 

  

 91 

 
Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307). Such redemption or purchase may be made
upon notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder to be redeemed or purchased in accordance with Section 1005. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of
the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, at any
Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on June 1, 2011 (such
redemption price being that described in Section 1001(a)) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over
(B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or
obligation of the Trustee. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the
time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to June 1, 2011; provided,
however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than
one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 Section 1002. Applicability of Article. Redemption or purchase of Notes as permitted by Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article X. 
 Section 1003. Election To Redeem; Notice to Trustee. In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer of less than all of the Notes,
the Issuer shall, at least two Business Days (but not more than 60 days) prior to the date on which notice is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 1005, notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date
and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. 
 Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. In the case
of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall
deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. 
  

 92 

 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case
of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed. 
 Section 1005. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date, to the Trustee and to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register. 
 Any such notice shall state: 
 (1) the expected Redemption Date, 
 (2) the redemption price (or the formula by which the redemption price will be determined), 
 (3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the portion of the
respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) that, on the Redemption Date, the redemption price will
become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to
accrue from and after said date, and 
 (5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption
price. 
 In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by
Section 1001, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or
such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 
 The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such
redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the
election of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request (made to the 

  

 93 

 
Trustee at least 35 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at
the expense of the Issuer. Any such request will set forth the information to be stated in such notice, as provided by this Section 1005. 
 The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in
the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. 
 Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time on any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit
with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer are acting as its own Paying Agent, the Issuer shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and any
accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date. 
 Section 1007. Notes
Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, subject to the conditions in any notice of redemption, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at
the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture)
such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Issuer at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior
to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307. 
 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption
shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006, the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to
receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof). 
 Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the
Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered. 
  

 94 

 ARTICLE XI  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This
Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when 
 (i) either 
 (a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or
discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation; or 
 (b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation 
 (1) have become due and payable, or 
 (2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 (3) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, 
 the Issuer has irrevocably deposited
or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit in the case of the Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case
may be (provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c), (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof that the Issuer must
irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in
trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006, as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date); 
 (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Issuer; and 
  

 95 

 (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer
and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may
rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)). 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101, the
obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102 shall survive. 
 Section 1102. Application of Trust Money. Subject to
the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money and/or U.S. Government Obligations and/or European Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101
shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal
(and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 ARTICLE XII  
 DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 1201. The Issuer’s Option To Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, concurrently (and not separately) at its
option, at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Issuer with respect to Outstanding Notes and to have terminated all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees, in each
case, as set forth in this Article XII, and elect to have either Section 1202 or Section 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “Defeased Notes”), upon compliance with the conditions set
forth below in Section 1204. Either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 
 Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this
Section 1202, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in Section 1204 below are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be
“Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to
have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which
shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section,
payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest 

  

 96 

 
on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304,
305, 306, 402 and 403, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights under Section 707, and (d) this Article
XII. If the Issuer exercises its option under this Section 1202, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject to compliance with this Article XII, the Issuer may, at
its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this
Section 1203, (a) the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 405 and Sections 407 through
415 and the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 501(a) shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv), (v) (with respect to Section 405 and
Sections 407 through 415, inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (x) or (xi) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event
of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be
“Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed
“Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any
such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 601, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 
 Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes: 
 (1) The Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government
Obligations, or a combination thereof in amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes to the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes (provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c), (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Issuer
must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in
trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006, as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date); 
  

 97 

 (2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit; 
 (3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default
(after giving effect to the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance) under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it is bound; 
 (4) In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
Issuer or other counsel in the United States to the effect that (x) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in
the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes
as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need
not be delivered if all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for
whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense, of the Issuer; 
 (5) In the case of an election under Section 1203, the Issuer shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer or other counsel in the United States to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (6) The Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all
conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203, as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering
such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact. 
 Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the provisions
of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor trustee under
Article VII, 
  

 98 

 
collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the
Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such
Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against
the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204, or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders
of the Defeased Notes. 
 Anything in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer from
time to time, upon an Issuer Request, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written
certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article VII, the Trustee shall not incur any liability
to any Person by relying on such opinion. 
 Section 1206. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the obligations of the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case
may be; provided, however, that if the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors, if
any, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 1207. Repayment to the Issuer. Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee shall pay to the Issuer upon an Issuer
Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable
abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease. 
 ARTICLE XIII  
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
 Section 1301. Guarantees Generally. 
  

 99 

 (a) Guarantee of Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, as primary
obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary
obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the
“Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”). 
 The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, will be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor, (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the
obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors. 

(b) Further Agreements of Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any. 
 (i) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect
to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation concerning its Subsidiary Guarantee is made on any
particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (ii) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer,
any right to require a proceeding first against such Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303) its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Subsidiary Guarantee. Such Subsidiary Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, further agrees (to the fullest extent
permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Subsidiary Guarantee may
be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such
Subsidiary Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor in
accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  

 100 

 
Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security
for the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations or against the Issuer or any other Person or any property of the Issuer or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their
obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture. 
 (iii) Until terminated in accordance with
Section 1303, each Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become
insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a “voidable
preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, that makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Issuer or any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the
relevant Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 (d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by
this Indenture and that its Subsidiary Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305, are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 (e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the
Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees.

 (a) Each Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) subject to Section 1303,
remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other Subsidiary Guaranteed
Obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, then due and owing, (ii) be binding upon such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted
successors, transferees and assigns. 
  

 101 

 (b) The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, hereunder shall continue to be effective or
shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, hereunder and under its Subsidiary Guarantee (whether such payment shall have
been made by or on behalf of the Issuer or by or on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or
otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. 
 Section 1303. Release of Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the
provisions of Section 1302, Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303. Any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally
be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or
disposition (by merger or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and Section 501) by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) at any time that such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Issuer of
any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Subsidiary Guarantee shall
also be reinstated to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor would then be required to provide a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 414 , (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and
into the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Subsidiary
Guarantor, (iv) concurrently with any Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Issuer’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or
(vi) upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding and all other Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing. In addition, the Issuer will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to
the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Issuer of any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect. 
 Upon any such
occurrence specified in this Section 1303, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Section 1304. [Reserved]. 
 Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment,
performance or enforcement of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement,
exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of 

  

 102 

 
Notes against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is
discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been
paid to such Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether
matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 1306. Notation Not Required. Neither the Issuer
nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof. 
 Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Subsidiary Guarantors. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether
so expressed or not. 
 Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees. The Issuer shall cause each Restricted
Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414, and each Subsidiary of the Issuer that the Issuer causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414, to promptly execute and
deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on
substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII. Concurrently therewith, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that such
Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now
or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at
equity, such Supplemental Indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 1309. Notices. Notice to any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall be sufficient if addressed to such Subsidiary Guarantor care of the
Issuer at the address, place and manner provided in Section 109. 
  

 103 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date
first written above. 
  

			
	 NEFF CORP. (as surviving corporation in the
 merger with LYN Acquisition Corp.)

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Mark Irion

	Name:	 	Mark Irion
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

 [Indenture signature page] 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK,
 NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

	Name:	 	Joseph P. O’Donnell
	Title:	 	Vice President

  

 [Indenture signature page] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 Form of Initial Note1 
 (FACE OF NOTE) 
 NEFF CORP. 
 10% Senior Notes due 2015

  

			
	CUSIP No.	  	
	No.                         	  	$                     

 Neff Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”) promises to pay to                                 , or
registered assigns, the principal sum of $                                
([                                ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater
amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof and on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]2 (the “Principal Amount”) on June 1, 2015. The Issuer promises to pay interest semi-annually in arrears on
June 1 and December 1 in each year, commencing December 1, 2007, at the rate of 10% per annum [(subject to adjustment as provided below)]6 7, until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been
paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.]3 [Interest on this Note will
accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from
                ,             4.]5 Interest on the Notes
shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this
Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the May 15 or November 15 
  

	 1
	 Insert any applicable legends from Article II. 

	 2
	 Include only if the Note is issued in global form. 

	 3
	 Include only for Original Notes. 

	 4
	 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional
Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance. 

	 5
	 Include only for Additional Notes. 

 A-1 

 
(whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for
will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the
payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. 
 [The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
May 31, 2007, among the Issuer and the initial purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Holder of this Note may be entitled
to additional interest upon the occurrence of a Registration Default (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).] 6 7 
 Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose;
provided, however, that at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. 
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on
the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  

	 6
	 Include only for Initial Note when required by the Registration Rights Agreement.

	 7
	 For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Issuer with
respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note. 

 A-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	 NEFF CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 A-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

					
		 	 WELLS FARGO BANK,
 NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
 As Trustee

			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Authorized Officer
	 Dated:
	 		 	

  

 A-4 

 (REVERSE OF NOTE) 
 This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 10% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Issuer (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007 (herein called the “Indenture,”
which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the
“Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the
Issuer, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a
statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. 
 All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain senior Subsidiary Guarantees, made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article
XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. None of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to
reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge. 
 The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option,
in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after June 1, 2011 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered
address of each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the Indenture. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be
performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will
be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular
Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2011
	  	105.0	%
	 2012
	  	102.5	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.0	%

 In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 1, 2010, the Issuer at its
option may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the 

  

 A-5 

 
original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount not exceeding
the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of
Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Notes. The Issuer may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in
accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 90 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with
respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the
satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 At any time prior to
June 1, 2011, Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice
mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder to be redeemed or purchased, in accordance with the Indenture. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Issuer’s
obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including
but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. 
 The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a
Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to
repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above. 
 The Issuer will not be required to
make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control
Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 The Notes will not
be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund. 
  

 A-6 

 The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or
certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
 If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared (or, in certain cases, may become) due and payable in the
manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. 
 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment
thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all
Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such
Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. 
 As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect
to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of
not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any
such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any
premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. 
 No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of
this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency,
herein prescribed. 
 As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is
registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount,
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. 
  

 A-7 

 The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000
and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different
authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 
 No service charge shall be made for any such registration,
transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Issuer, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary
of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Issuer, or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its
creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER, ANY OTHER
OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
  

 A-8 

 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER] 
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
                                        
                                        
             
 Insert Taxpayer Identification
No.                                       
      
                                     
 (Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee) 
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                  
                                        
         
                                       
                                        
                          
                                        
                                        
                 
 the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby
irrevocably constituting and appointing 
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                  
                                        
         
 attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Issuer with full power of substitution in the
premises. 
 Check One 
  

					
	 [    ]
	 	(a)	    	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
	
	or
			
	 [    ]
	 	(b)	    	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the
Indenture.

 If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

			
	 Date:
	 	                                      
                                        
         
	
	                                      
                                        
                   

  

 A-9 

	
	 NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
 correspond with the name as written upon the face
 of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular,
 without alteration or any change whatsoever.

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:                                  
               
                                        
                                

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:
[    ]. 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 411 or
415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below: 
 $
                             
  

	
	 Date:
                                        
    

	
	 Your Signature:
                                        
            

	
	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

	
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                        
                

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-11 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decreases
 in Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increases in
Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
	 	 Principal amount of
 this Global Note following
 such
decreases or increases
	 	 Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or
 Notes Registrar

  

 A-12 

 EXHIBIT B 
 Form of Exchange Note1 
 (FACE OF NOTE) 
 NEFF CORP. 
 10% Senior Notes due 2015

  

			
	CUSIP No.	  	
	No.                         	  	$                     

 Neff Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), promise to pay to                                 , or
registered assigns, the principal sum of $                                
([                                ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater
amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof and on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]2 (the “Principal Amount”) on June 1, 2015. The Issuer promises to pay interest semi-annually in arrears on
June 1 and December 1 in each year, commencing December 1, 2007, at the rate of 10% per annum, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Note was surrendered in exchange for this
Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Note from time to time during such periods, until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest
on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.]3 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has
been paid, from                 ,             4.]5 Interest on the Notes
shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the 

  

	 1
	 Insert any applicable legends from Article II. 

	 2
	 Include only if the Note is issued in global form. 

	 3
	 Include only for Original Notes. 

	 4
	 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional
Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance. 

	 5
	 Include only for Exchange Notes issued in the exchange for Additional Notes.

 B-1 

 
Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which
shall be the May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed
by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. 
 Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or such other office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose;
provided, however, that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. 
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on
the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  

 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	 NEFF CORP.

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 B-3 

  

			
	 This is one of the Notes referred to in the
 within-mentioned Indenture.

	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK,
 NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
 As Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

 Dated: 
  

 B-4 

 (REVERSE OF NOTE) 
 This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 10% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Issuer (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007 (herein called the
“Indenture,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called
the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the
Issuer, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a
statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. 
 All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain Subsidiary Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the
Indenture for terms relating to such Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. None of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any
Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge. 
 The Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole or
in part, at any time and from time to time on and after June 1, 2011 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each
Holder to be redeemed, in accordance with the Indenture. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another
Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at
the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to
receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2011
	  	105.0	%
	 2012
	  	102.5	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.0	%

 In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 1, 2010, the Issuer at its
option may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the 

  

 B-5 

 
original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount not exceeding
the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes
(including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Notes. The Issuer may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance
with the Indenture (but in no event more than 90 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to
such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or
more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 At any time prior to June 1, 2011, Notes may also
be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Issuer’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if
any, to, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to the
registered address each Holder of Notes to be redeemed or purchased, in accordance with the Indenture. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such
redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence
of a Change of Control. 
 The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will
have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of such
repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the
event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above. 
 The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit
of a sinking fund. 
  

 B-6 

 The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note or
certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
 If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared (or, in some cases, may become) due and payable in the
manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. 
 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment
thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all
Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such
Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. 
 As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect
to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of
not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any
such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any
premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. 
 No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of
this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency,
herein prescribed. 
 As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is
registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount,
will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. 
  

 B-7 

 The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000
and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different
authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 
 No service charge shall be made for any such registration,
transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Issuer, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary
of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Issuer, or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its
creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER, ANY OTHER
OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
  

 B-8 

 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER] 
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
                                        
                                        
             
 Insert Taxpayer Identification
No.                                       
      
                                     
 (Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee) 
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                  
                                        
         
                                       
                                        
                          
                                        
                                        
                 
 the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby
irrevocably constituting and appointing 
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                  
                                        
         
 attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Issuer with full power of substitution in the
premises. 
  

	
	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change
whatsoever.

  

					
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  
	 	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 B-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:
[    ]. 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 411 or
415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below: 
 $
                             
  

	
	 Date:
                                        
    

	
	 Your Signature:
                                        
            

	
	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

	
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                        
                

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 B-10 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decreases
 in Principal Amount of
 this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increases in
Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
	 	 Principal amount of
 this Global Note following
such decreases or increases
	 	 Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or
 Notes Registrar

		 		 		 		 	

  

 B-11 

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership 
 On or after
[            ], 20[    ] 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 213 Court Street 
 Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department

  

	 	Re:	Neff Corp. (the “Issuer”) 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This letter relates to
$                     principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore [temporary] global note certificate (the “[Temporary]
Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of May 31, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such
principal amount of Notes represented by the [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S
(“Regulation S”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or (ii) a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act.

 You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or
a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Holder]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 
 Form of Regulation S Certificate 
 Regulation S Certificate 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 213 Court Street 
 Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Neff Corp. (the “Issuer”) 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$             aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows: 
 1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S
under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. 
 2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or
(b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United
States. 
 3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule
903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable. 
 4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or
scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling
concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Issuer or a distributor, we certify
that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S. 
  

 D-1 

 6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance
period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in such Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in such Indenture). 
 7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 
 You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a
copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

					
		 	Very truly yours,
		
		 	[NAME OF SELLER]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		 	Address:	 	
			
	Date of this Certificate:                          ,
        	 		 	

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
 Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as
of [                    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [name of Guarantor(s)] (the “Subsidiary
Guarantor(s)”), Neff Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and each other then existing Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “Existing Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended,
supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 10% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Issuer (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee
a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Issuer’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article
XIII of the Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable
consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Issuer, the obligations hereunder of which such
Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Issuer’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Issuer, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are
used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and
severally with [all] [any] other Subsidiary Guarantors and fully and 

  

 E-1 

 
unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 3. Termination, Release and Discharge. [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no
further force or effect, and [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture. 
 4. Parties. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and
the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE
CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 6. Ratification
of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7.
Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 8. Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the
meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 
  

 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)], as
	Subsidiary Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	NEFF CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 
 Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
[                    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [Name of Successor Company] (the “Company”)
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, [Name of Predecessor Company or Companies] (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an
Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 10% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Predecessor Company (the “Notes”);

 WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 501 of the Indenture contemplates that the
Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Predecessor Company under the Notes and this Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are
used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Section hereof. 
 2. Assumption. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and
discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor, under the
Indenture and the Notes. 
  

 F-1 

 3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE
COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions
thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no
representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 6. Headings. The Section headings herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 
  

 F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF SUCCESSOR COMPANY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 F-3 

 EXHIBIT G 
 [Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors 
 Certificate from Acquiring
Institutional Accredited Investor] 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 213 Court Street 
 Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
  

	 	Re:	Neff Corp. (the “Issuer”) 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$             aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of May 31, 2007 relating to the Notes (the
“Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or
any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter
stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Issuer, (B) inside the United
States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such
transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of
the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we
will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  

 G-1 

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are
acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Issuer are
entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	(Name of Transferee)
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  

 G-2Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.3 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 
 Neff Corp. 
 and 
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 CIBC World Markets Corp. 
 UBS Securities LLC 
 Dated as of
May 31, 2007 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 31, 2007, by and among Neff Corp., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Banc of America Securities LLC, CIBC World Markets Corp. and UBS Securities LLC (collectively, the “Initial
Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.” 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated May 23, 2007, as supplemented by the Joinder Agreement, dated May 31, 2007, (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial
Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth
in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
 Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
 Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in
New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not
less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Initial Securities that were properly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant
to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
 Exchange
Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
 Exempt
Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Securities to certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons
pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 Exchange Securities: The 10% Senior Notes due 2015, of the same series under the
Indenture as the Initial Notes and the Guarantees relating thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 Indemnified Holder: As defined in
Section 8(a) hereof. 
 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2007, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale
by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Securities: As
defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities. 
 NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  

 -2- 

 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any
prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 
 Registration Statement: Any
registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which
is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference
therein. 
 Securities: The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof
pursuant to the Indenture. 
 Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Trust Indenture Act:
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial
Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the
Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement, (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (d) the date on which such Initial
Security is eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or is otherwise freely transferable. 
 Underwritten
Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 
 (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The
securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  

 -3- 

 SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy
(after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later
than 270 calendar days after the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon
thereafter as practicable, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if
applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made
under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as practicable after the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of
Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state
securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to
comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective. 
 (c) Unless not permissible under applicable law or Commission Policy, the Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any
Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired
directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such
Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration 

  

 -4- 

 
Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the
Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent
required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is
available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities
Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and
(ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in
order to facilitate such resales. 
 SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any
reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 360 calendar days after the Closing Date (or if such 360th
calendar day, as applicable, is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) any Holder (other than the Initial Purchasers) notifies the Company prior to the 20th calendar day after the Exchange Offer is Consummated that such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange
Offer, or (iv) such Holder is an Initial Purchaser and is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an
amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as promptly as practicable, which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the
Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 
  

 -5- 

 (y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective by the Commission within 60 days after the filing thereof. 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for
resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until the second anniversary of the Closing Date (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold
pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of
Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and
until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or
preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously
furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
 SECTION 5.
Additional Interest. In the event that the exchange offer is not consummated or no shelf registration statement is declared effective (each a “Registration Default”), in each case, within 360 calendar days after the Closing Date (or
if such 360th calendar day, as applicable, is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company
hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by
0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the
interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities if we are otherwise in compliance with this paragraph. 
 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted
Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 
  

 -6- 

 SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the
provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company
there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the
Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially
unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis
prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such
submission. 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a
distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise
cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in
the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital
Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant
to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by
an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial
Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
  

 -7- 

 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the
Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as promptly as practicable prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the
registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale
of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial
statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause
any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this
Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules
424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with
the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
  

 -8- 

 (iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested
by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when
the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale
in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein not misleading in any material respect. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an
order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the
withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
 (iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial
Purchasers and each selling Holder named in any Shelf Registration Statement, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review by such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of
at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to
which an Initial Purchaser or Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon
confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed
to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 
 (v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be
incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to (A) the Initial Purchasers and (B) each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement and in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement, make the Company’s and the 

  

 -9- 

 
Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such
document prior to the filing thereof as such Initial Purchasers or selling Holders reasonably may request; 
 (vi) in the case
of a Shelf Registration Statement make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and
properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, Initial Purchaser, attorney or accountant
in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; 
 (vii) if requested by any selling Holders, promptly incorporate in any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling
Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or
post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (viii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement to be
rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby; 
 (ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each selling Holder without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including
financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each
preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the
selling Holders and each Broker-Dealer (as contemplated in Section 3), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
  

 -10- 

 (xi) enter into such agreements and make such representations and warranties, and take
all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be
requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not the registration is an
Underwritten Registration, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each
selling Holder in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made in similar offerings, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, with respect to the matters set forth in paragraphs (i),
(ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement; 
 (B) set forth in full the indemnification
provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 
 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in any agreement entered into by the
Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 
 (xii) prior to any public offering of
Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or
blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would
subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
 (xiii) shall issue, in connection with any disposition of Initial Securities pursuant to and in compliance with a Shelf Registration
Statement and this Agreement, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities
surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered 

  

 -11- 

 
in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder
shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) in connection with any disposition of Initial Securities
pursuant to and in compliance with a Shelf Registration Statement and this Agreement, cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not
bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 
 (xv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to
cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if
any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or related Prospectus or
any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; 
 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with certificates for such Securities which are in a form
eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make
generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period, beginning with the first month of the Company’s
first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
 (xix) cause the Indenture to be
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes
to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so 

  

 -12- 

 
qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to
execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and 
 (xx) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on
which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities. 
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder
will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by
reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such
Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4
hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such
Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into
account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this
paragraph for more than 30 days shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.
Registration Expenses. 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantor’s performance of or compliance with
this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any
Initial Purchaser or Holder with the NASD); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities
to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of
Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all 

  

 -13- 

 
fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort
letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal
expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by
the Company or the Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not pay any other fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers and the Holders (including any fees and
expenses of counsel to the underwriters or the Initial Purchasers or the Holders) and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities by
a Holder. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors,
partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent
lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling,
compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or
several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders
expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
  

 -14- 

 In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding)
shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall
promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement to the extent it is not
prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to
participate in and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to
assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have
reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified
parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense
of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the
indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless
(i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one
separate counsel (together with local counsel), approved by the indemnifying party, representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party. The
indemnifying party under this Section 8 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party
agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement,
compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified
party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include any
statements as to or any findings of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
  

 -15- 

 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective directors and officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company
and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action
or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors, officers, partners, employees, representatives and agents or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder
of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and
duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 
 (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to
an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the
parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to
above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any
action or claim. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be
deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection 

  

 -16- 

 
with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related
Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of 2% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities held by such Holder. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in
proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 
 SECTION 9.
Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in
connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten
Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements. 
 SECTION 11. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred
by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement
with respect to its debt securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any such
agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on
the date hereof. 
 (c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur,
with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions 

  

 -17- 

 
hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 11(d)(i), obtained the written consent of
Holders of each outstanding Transfer Restricted Security affected thereby and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect
directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered
or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to
which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 
 (e) Notices. All notices and
other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under
the Indenture; and 
 if to the Company: 
 Neff Corp. 
 3750 N.W. 87th Avenue, Suite 400 
 Miami, Florida 33178 
 Attn: Mark Irion 
 with a copy to: 
 LYN Holdings Corp. 
 c/o Lightyear Capital LLC 
 375 Park Avenue 
 11th Floor 
 New York, New York 10152

 Attention: David Cynn 
 with a copy to: 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 
 425 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10017-3954 
 Facsimile: 212-455-2502 
 Attention: Michael D. Nathan 
  

 -18- 

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by
the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (h)
Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter
contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  

 -19- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	NEFF CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Irion

	Name:	 	Mark Irion
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	NEFF RENTAL LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Irion

	Name:	 	Mark Irion
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	NEFF FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Irion

	Name:	 	Mark Irion
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	NEFF RENTAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Irion

	Name:	 	Mark Irion
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

 [Registration Rights Agreement] 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above
written: 
  

			
	BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
	CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.
	UBS SECURITIES LLC
		
	By:	 	BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John McCusker

	Name:	 	John McCusker
	Title:	 	Managing Director

  

 -21- 

 Schedule I 
  

			
	 Guarantors
	  	 Jurisdiction of Organization

	 Neff Rental LLC
	  	Delaware
		
	 Neff Finance Corp.
	  	Delaware
		
	 Neff Rental, Inc
	  	Florida

  

 -22-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00126-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00126-of-00352.parquet"}]]